*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
99@node Requirements
100
101@chapter Requirements
56caf160 102@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
103
104Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
105requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
106of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
107that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 108
56caf160
EZ
109First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
110front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
111shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 112
56caf160
EZ
113@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
114available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
115programmer.
c906108c 116
56caf160
EZ
117@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
118the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
119going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
120to debugger commands.
c906108c 121
56caf160
EZ
122@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
123While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 124picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
125programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
126mollify the debugger.
c906108c 127
56caf160
EZ
128@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
129Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
130heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 131
56caf160
EZ
132@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
133available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
134supports.
c906108c
SS
135
136
137@node Overall Structure
138
139@chapter Overall Structure
140
56caf160
EZ
141@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
142symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
143@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 144
2e685b93 145The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
146supporting code.
147
148The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
149interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
150parsing, type and value printing.
151
152The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
153physical target manipulation.
154
155The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
156number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
157elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
158supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
159this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
160should fit together.
161
162@section The Symbol Side
163
56caf160
EZ
164The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
165you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
166For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
167many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
168
169@section The Target Side
170
56caf160
EZ
171The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
172Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
173of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
174available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
175
176Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
177display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 178such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
179relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
180way.
181
182@section Configurations
183
56caf160
EZ
184@cindex host
185@cindex target
25822942 186@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
187@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
188executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
189third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
190
191Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
192Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
193float format.
194
195Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
196dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
197breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
198to call a function.
199
200Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
201is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
202host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
203process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
204registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
205in the native-dependent files.
206
207Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
208are really part of the target environment, but which require
209@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
210file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
211
25822942 212When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
213have to include all three kinds of information.
214
25ab7e6d
EZ
215@section Source Tree Structure
216@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
217
218The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
219are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
220to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
221@file{dwarfread.c} reads DWARF, etc.
222
223Files that are related to some common task have names that share
224common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
225debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
226reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
227deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
228parlance for the program being debugged).
229
230There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
231@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
232files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
233(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
234specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
235
236Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
237debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
238native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
239
240The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
241
242@table @file
243@item cli
244Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
245Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
246
247@item gdbserver
248Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
249
250@item gdbtk
251Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
252
253@item mi
254The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
255
256@item signals
257Target signal translation code.
258
259@item tui
260Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
261Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
262@end table
c906108c
SS
263
264@node Algorithms
265
266@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 267@cindex algorithms
c906108c 268
56caf160
EZ
269@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
270often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
271cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
272algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
273they use.
c906108c
SS
274
275@section Frames
276
56caf160
EZ
277@cindex frame
278@cindex call stack frame
279A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
280and called functions.
c906108c 281
410dd08e 282@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
283@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
284need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
285the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
286Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
287read the the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
288
289@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
290@findex get_frame_register
291@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
292``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
293@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
294frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
295#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
296obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
297frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
298
299@cindex sentinel frame
300@findex get_frame_type
301@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
302To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
303``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
304the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
305is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
306SENTINEL_FRAME}.
307
7d30c22d
JB
308@section Prologue Analysis
309
310@cindex prologue analysis
311@cindex call frame information
312@cindex CFI (call frame information)
313To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
314variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
315of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
316saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
317younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
318scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
319changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
320may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
321
322Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
323which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
324But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
325technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
326registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
327code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
328allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
329register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 330accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
331helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
332CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
333@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
334calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
335
336In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
337target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
338optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
339write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
340understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
341GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
342understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
343themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
344and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
345instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
346
347@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
348@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
349@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
350To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
351and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
352prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
353analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
354framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
355``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
356using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
357would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
358starts with the instruction:
359
360@example
361addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
362@end example
363@noindent
364we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
365this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
366value.
367
368If we then see an instruction like:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
375it is now 64 greater than its original value.
376
377If the next instruction were:
378
379@example
380mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
381@end example
382@noindent
383then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
384@code{r1} plus 64.
385
386It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
387need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
388registers. So after an instruction like this:
389
390@example
391mov (fp+4), r2
392@end example
393@noindent
394then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
395holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
396
397And so on.
398
399Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
400wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
401the instruction:
402
403@example
404xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
405@end example
406@noindent
407then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
408a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
409relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
410``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
411information is acceptable for our application.
412
413So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
414approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
415never inaccurate.
416
417Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
418machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
419contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
420from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
421current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
422Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
423kept track of.
424
425@itemize @bullet
426
427@item
428To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
429stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
430minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
431If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
432the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
433we don't know the frame size.
434
435@item
436To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
437search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
438registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
439original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
440to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
441anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
442@end itemize
443
444This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
445quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
446forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
447function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
448of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
449worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
450and maintain. In the approach described above:
451
452@itemize @bullet
453
454@item
455It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 456whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
457the effect of each instruction.
458
459@item
460It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
461instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
462wasn't already broken before.
463
464@item
465It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
466complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
467of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
468what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
469already gathering the right data for you.
470
471@end itemize
472
473The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
474the framework and how to use it.
475
476
c906108c
SS
477@section Breakpoint Handling
478
56caf160 479@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
480In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
481where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
482that location.
483
484There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
485breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
486
56caf160
EZ
487@cindex hardware breakpoints
488@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
489Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
490features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
491register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 492(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 493ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
494exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
495
496Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
497include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
498processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
499address.
500
501A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
502breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
503software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
504breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 505@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 506for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
507
508Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 509limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 510start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 511notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
512whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
513breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
514an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
515
516@cindex software breakpoints
517Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
518The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
519instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
520that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
521@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
522user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
523instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
524
525Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 526must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 527can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 528although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
529
530Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
531instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
532target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
533breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
534larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
535targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
536instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
537set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
538although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
539instruction.
540
56caf160 541@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
542The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
543@code{BREAKPOINT}.
544
545Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
546much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
547
8181d85f
DJ
548@table @code
549@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
550@findex target_remove_breakpoint
551@findex target_insert_breakpoint
552@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
553@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
555@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
556non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
557breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
558@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
559to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
560@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
561related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
562contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
563if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
564underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
565memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
566@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
567it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
568
569For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
570shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
571the length reported by @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} is cached in
572@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
573used to remove the breakpoint.
574
575@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
576@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
577@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
578@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
579@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
581@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
582non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
583a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
584@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
585@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
586but @code{placed_size} may be.
587@end table
588
c906108c
SS
589@section Single Stepping
590
591@section Signal Handling
592
593@section Thread Handling
594
595@section Inferior Function Calls
596
597@section Longjmp Support
598
56caf160 599@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 600@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
601@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
602stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
603which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
604command.
c906108c 605
56caf160 606@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
607To make this work, you need to define a macro called
608@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
609structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
610is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 611@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
612@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
613
9742079a
EZ
614@section Watchpoints
615@cindex watchpoints
616
617Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
618breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
619instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
620your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
621hunt down and kill such bugs.
622
623@cindex hardware watchpoints
624@cindex software watchpoints
625Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
626known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
627hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
628software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
629will use software watchpoints are:
630
631@itemize @bullet
632@item
633The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
634watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
635to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
636more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
637watchpoints.
638
639@item
640The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
641registers (as opposed to memory).
642
643@item
644Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
645this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
646resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
647breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
648breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
649
650@item
651No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
652implementation.
653@end itemize
654
655Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
656single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
657watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
658section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
659
b6b8ece6
EZ
660When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
661possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
662For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
663watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
664whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
665watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
666returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
667description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
668primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
669watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
670that address.
671
9742079a
EZ
672@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
673watchpoints:
674
675@table @code
676@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
677@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
678If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
679
680@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
681@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
682Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
683possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
684of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
685not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
686number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
687is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
688are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
689the same time).
690
691@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
692@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
693Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
694whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
695
b6b8ece6 696@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
697@findex target_insert_watchpoint
698@findex target_remove_watchpoint
699@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
700@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
701Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
702@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
703possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
704defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
705
474c8240 706@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
707 enum target_hw_bp_type
708 @{
709 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
710 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
711 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
712 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
713 @};
474c8240 714@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
715
716@noindent
717These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
718
9742079a 719@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
720@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
721If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
722associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
723@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
724this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
725data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
726support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
727primitives.
9742079a 728
9742079a
EZ
729@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
730@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
731If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
732watchpoint to step over it.
733
734@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
735@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
736If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
737watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
738
739@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
740@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
742inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
743
744@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
745@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
746If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
747watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
748
749@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
750@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
751Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
752the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
753Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
754the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
755type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
756target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
757the @var{wait_status} argument.
758
759@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
760@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
761determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
762it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
763@end table
764
765@subsection x86 Watchpoints
766@cindex x86 debug registers
767@cindex watchpoints, on x86
768
769The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
770registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
771generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
772support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
773subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
774
775To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
776following:
777
778@itemize @bullet
779@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
780@item
781Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
782target-dependent headers.
783
784@item
785Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
786defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
787
788@item
789Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
790@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
791@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
792
793@item
794Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
795below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
796which does the real work.
797@end itemize
798
799The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
800debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
801real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
802provide:
803
804@table @code
805@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
806@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
807Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
808
809@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
810@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
811Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
812
813@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
814@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
815Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
816number @var{idx}.
817
818@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
819@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
820Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
821used immediately after it is returned by
822@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
823register values.
824@end table
825
826For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
827that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
828to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
829allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
830expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
831wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
832maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
833anything to use this feature.
834
835The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
836bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
837be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
838region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
839@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
840bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
841a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
842region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
843
844The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
845@value{GDBN}'s application code:
846
847@table @code
848@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
849@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
850The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
851this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
852watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
853less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
854processors.
855
856@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
857@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
858The target function
859@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
860This
9742079a
EZ
861function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
862Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
863macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
864set in DR6.
865
ac77d04f
JJ
866@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
867@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
868The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
869is set to call this function. The
870argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
871function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
872Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
873macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
874returned.
875
9742079a
EZ
876@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
877@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
878@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
879@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
880Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
881@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
882are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
883looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
884region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
885reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
886register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
887the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
888value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
889register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
890and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
891inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
892@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
893required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
894each debug register.
895
896@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
897in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
898length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
899values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
900@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
901watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
902decrements the reference count, and only calls
903@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
904the count goes to zero.
905
906@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
907@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
908@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
909@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
910These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
911macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
912@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
913The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
914the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
915These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
916@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
917the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
918hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
919register.
920
921@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
922@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
923This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
924hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 925@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
926address whose watchpoint triggered.
927
928@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
929@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
930This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
931bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
932the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
933@end table
934
935@noindent
936@strong{Notes:}
937@enumerate 1
938@item
939x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
940However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
941@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
942watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
943on x86.
944
945@item
946x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
947only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
948there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
949whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
950current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
951always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
952watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
953unavailable in many platforms.
954@end enumerate
955
5c95884b
MS
956@section Checkpoints
957@cindex checkpoints
958@cindex restart
959In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
960the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
961
962Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
963whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
964state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
965registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
966of open files and devices.
967
968There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 969in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
970method implemented on the target side.
971
972A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
973state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
974not typically include information about external entities such as
975open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
976
977A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
978as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
979is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
980be used on other systems.
981
b247355e 982Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
983method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
984advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
985details of how it is done.
986
987
bcd7e15f
JB
988@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
989@cindex observer pattern interface
990@cindex notifications about changes in internals
991
992In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
993some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
994modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
995hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
996versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
997@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
998a strong limitation.
999
1000A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1001Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1002a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1003previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1004easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1005interface when adding new notifications.
1006
1007See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1008currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1009implementation is also briefly discussed.
1010
c906108c
SS
1011@node User Interface
1012
1013@chapter User Interface
1014
25822942 1015@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1016is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1017
1018@section Command Interpreter
1019
56caf160 1020@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1021@cindex CLI
25822942 1022The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1023allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1024has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1025a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1026
56caf160
EZ
1027For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1028@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1029to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1030
56caf160
EZ
1031@findex add_cmd
1032@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1033To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1034the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1035place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1036the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1037
40dd2248
TT
1038@findex add_setshow_cmd
1039@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1040To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1041@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1042a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1043further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1044the new command structures for manipulation.
1045
56caf160
EZ
1046@cindex deprecating commands
1047@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1048Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1049deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1050aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1051@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1052return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1053command immediately after it is created.
1054
c72e7388 1055The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
1056replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
1057@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
1058entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1059
0ee54786
EZ
1060@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1061@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1062@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1063
1064@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1065The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1066@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1067interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1068from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1069every UI, to produce output.
1070
1071@subsection Overview and Terminology
1072
1073In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1074of output, and can even generate an input request.
1075
1076Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1077
1078@itemize @bullet
1079@item
1080to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1081
1082@item
1083to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1084operation;
1085
1086@item
1087to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1088progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1089
1090@item
1091to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1092
1093@item
1094to show @emph{debug data};
1095
1096@item
1097to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1098@end itemize
1099
1100@noindent
1101This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1102although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1103
1104Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1105involves one or more of the following:
1106
1107@itemize @bullet
1108@item
1109output of the actual data
1110
1111@item
1112formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1113easily readable by humans
1114
1115@item
1116machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1117parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1118
1119@item
c72e7388
AC
1120annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1121parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1122@end itemize
1123
1124The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1125Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1126of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1127deprecated.
1128
c72e7388
AC
1129Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1130a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1131non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1132header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1133
c72e7388
AC
1134@table @code
1135@item <table> @expansion{}
1136@code{<header> <body>}
1137@item <header> @expansion{}
1138@code{@{ <column> @}}
1139@item <column> @expansion{}
1140@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1141@item <body> @expansion{}
1142@code{@{<row>@}}
1143@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1144
1145
1146@subsection General Conventions
1147
c72e7388
AC
1148Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1149@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1150object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1151
c72e7388
AC
1152The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1153to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1154
c72e7388
AC
1155The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1156When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1157sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1158format.
1159
c72e7388
AC
1160When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1161call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1162
1163
c72e7388 1164@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1165
1166@cindex list output functions
1167@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1168@cindex tuple output functions
1169This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1170tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1171(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1172
c72e7388
AC
1173To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1174containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1175fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1176
c72e7388
AC
1177Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1178rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1179even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1180
1181@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1182Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1183maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1184
1185The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1186
474c8240 1187@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1188 ui_out_table_begin
1189 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1190 @dots{}
0ee54786 1191 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1192 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1193 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1194 @dots{}
1195 ui_out_tuple_end
1196 @dots{}
0ee54786 1197 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1198@end smallexample
0ee54786 1199
c72e7388 1200Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1201functions:
1202
c72e7388
AC
1203@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1204The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1205of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1206function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1207the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1208@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1209pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1210@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1211was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1212
1213The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1214the end of the table's output.
1215@end deftypefun
1216
c72e7388
AC
1217@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1218@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1219table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1220column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1221@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1222
1223The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1224value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1225@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1226center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1227specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1228column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1229call.
0ee54786
EZ
1230@end deftypefun
1231
1232@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1233This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1234@end deftypefun
1235
1236@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1237This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1238after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1239functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1240
1241There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1242call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1243will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1244@end deftypefun
1245
c72e7388 1246The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1247call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1248@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1249@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1250calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1251
c72e7388
AC
1252@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1253This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1254to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1255implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1256after the call.
1257@end deftypefun
1258
1259@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1260This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1261one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1262@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1263be signaled.
1264@end deftypefun
1265
1266@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1267This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1268(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1269and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1270cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1271@smallexample
1272struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1273ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1274old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1275 uiout);
1276@end smallexample
1277@end deftypefun
1278
1279@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1280This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1281an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1282implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1283after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1284@end deftypefun
1285
1286@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1287This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1288one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1289@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1290be signaled.
1291@end deftypefun
1292
1293@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1294Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1295opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1296that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1297@end deftypefun
1298
1299@subsection Item Output Functions
1300
1301@cindex item output functions
1302@cindex field output functions
1303@cindex data output
1304The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1305items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1306
1307Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1308
1309@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1310This is the most general output function. It produces the
1311representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1312according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1313@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1314supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1315supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1316
1317This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1318use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1319@end deftypefun
1320
c72e7388 1321@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1322This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1323@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1324the name of the field.
1325@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1326
1327@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1328This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1329@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1330@var{fldname} specifies
1331the name of the field.
1332@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1333
c72e7388 1334@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1335This function outputs an address.
1336@end deftypefun
1337
c72e7388 1338@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1339This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1340specification.
1341@end deftypefun
1342
1343Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1344functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1345@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1346the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1347used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1348of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1349@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1350you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1351@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1352@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1353and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1354constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1355you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1356@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1357
1358@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1359This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1360same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1361passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1362@code{ui_stream} object.
1363@end deftypefun
1364
1365@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1366This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1367@var{streambuf}.
1368@end deftypefun
1369
c72e7388 1370@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1371This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1372@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1373@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1374@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1375the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1376@end deftypefun
1377
1378@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1379out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1380@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1381cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1382skeleton code to do that:
1383
1384@smallexample
1385 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1386 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1387 ...
1388 do_cleanups (old);
1389@end smallexample
1390
1391If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1392of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1393
1394@smallexample
1395 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1396 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1397@end smallexample
1398
1399Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1400@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1401same buffer twice.
1402
1403@subsection Utility Output Functions
1404
c72e7388 1405@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1406This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1407an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1408@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1409@end deftypefun
1410
c72e7388 1411@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1412This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1413easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1414this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1415from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1416
1417Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1418the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1419to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1420string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1421output short messages.
1422@end deftypefun
1423
1424@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1425This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1426text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1427list.
1428@end deftypefun
1429
c72e7388 1430@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1431This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1432verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1433current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1434verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1435setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1436as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1437argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1438@end deftypefun
1439
1440@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1441This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1442of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1443output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1444be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1445accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1446explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1447@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1448@end deftypefun
1449
1450@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1451This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1452the UI buffers output.
1453@end deftypefun
1454
1455
1456@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1457
1458@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1459@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1460This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1461functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1462@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1463@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1464
1465This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1466produce a table.
1467
1468The original code was:
1469
474c8240 1470@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1471 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1472 @{
1473 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1474
1475 annotate_field (0);
1476 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1477 annotate_field (1);
1478 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1479 annotate_field (2);
1480 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1481 annotate_field (3);
1482 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1483 if (addressprint)
1484 @{
1485 annotate_field (4);
1486 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1487 @}
1488 annotate_field (5);
1489 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1490
1491 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1492 @}
474c8240 1493@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1494
1495Here's the new version:
1496
474c8240 1497@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1498 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1499
1500 if (addressprint)
1501 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1502 else
1503 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1504
1505 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1506 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1507 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1508 annotate_field (0);
1509 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1510 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1511 annotate_field (1);
1512 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1513 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1514 annotate_field (2);
1515 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1516 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1517 annotate_field (3);
1518 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1519 if (addressprint)
1520 @{
1521 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1522 annotate_field (4);
1523 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1524 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1525 else
c72e7388
AC
1526 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1527 @}
1528 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1529 annotate_field (5);
1530 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1531 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1532 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1533 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1534@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1535
1536This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1537to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1538in the above example. The original code was:
1539
474c8240 1540@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1541 annotate_record ();
1542 annotate_field (0);
1543 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1544 annotate_field (1);
1545 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1546 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1547 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1548 (int)b->type);
1549 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1550 annotate_field (2);
1551 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1552 annotate_field (3);
1553 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1554 @dots{}
474c8240 1555@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1556
1557This is the new version:
1558
474c8240 1559@smallexample
0ee54786 1560 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1561 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1562 annotate_field (0);
1563 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1564 annotate_field (1);
1565 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1566 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1567 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1568 (int) b->type);
1569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1570 annotate_field (2);
1571 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1572 annotate_field (3);
1573 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1574 @dots{}
474c8240 1575@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1576
1577This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1578produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1579functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1580automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1581
474c8240 1582@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1583 annotate_field (5);
1584 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1585@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1586
1587The new version is:
1588
474c8240 1589@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1590 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1591 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1592 ...
1593 annotate_field (5);
1594 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1595 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1596@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1597
1598This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1599@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1600was:
1601
474c8240 1602@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1603 annotate_field (5);
1604 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1605 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1606 else
1607 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1608@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1609
1610It became:
1611
474c8240 1612@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1613 annotate_field (5);
1614 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1615 @{
1616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1617 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1618 @}
1619 else
1620 @{
1621 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1622 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1623 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1624 @}
474c8240 1625@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1626
1627The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1628use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1629code was:
1630
474c8240 1631@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1632 annotate_field (5);
1633 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1634 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1635@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1636
1637It became:
1638
474c8240 1639@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1640 annotate_field (5);
1641 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1642 @{
1643 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1644 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1645 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1646 @}
474c8240 1647@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1648
1649Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1650code was:
1651
474c8240 1652@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1653 annotate_field (5);
1654 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1655 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1656@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1657
1658It became:
1659
474c8240 1660@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1661 annotate_field (5);
1662 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1663 @{
1664 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1666 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1667 @}
474c8240 1668@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1669
1670Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1671
474c8240 1672@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1673 annotate_field (4);
1674 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1675 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1676@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1677
1678It became:
1679
474c8240 1680@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1681 annotate_field (4);
1682 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1683@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1684
1685
c906108c
SS
1686@section Console Printing
1687
1688@section TUI
1689
89437448 1690@node libgdb
c906108c 1691
89437448
AC
1692@chapter libgdb
1693
1694@section libgdb 1.0
1695@cindex @code{libgdb}
1696@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1697to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1698
1699@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1700@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1701@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1702better able to support graphical and other environments.
1703
1704Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1705evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1706
1707@itemize @bullet
1708@item
1709Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1710@item
1711Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1712@item
1713Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1714@item
1715Library - @file{gdb.h}
1716@end itemize
1717
1718The model that ties these components together is described below.
1719
1720@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1721
1722A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1723
1724@itemize @bullet
1725@item
1726As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1727@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1728state, etc).
1729@item
1730As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1731obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1732@end itemize
1733
c1468174 1734Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1735the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1736controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1737@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1738before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1739
1740@section CLI support
1741
1742At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1743@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1744their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1745requirements.
1746
1747It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1748(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1749out the theory:
1750
1751@itemize @bullet
1752@item
1753The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1754@item
1755The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1756versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1757@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1758@item
1759The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1760used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1761@end itemize
1762
1763When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1764along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1765the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1766through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1767At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1768virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1769
1770The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1771@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1772client's custom builder).
1773
1774@section @code{libgdb} components
1775
1776@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1777@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1778be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1779observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1780the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1781finished the current command.
1782
1783@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1784@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1785create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1786when doing any queries.
1787
1788@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1789@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1790@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1791loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1792implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1793
1794The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1795@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1796instead of returning.
1797
1798@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1799@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1800the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1801builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1802before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1803
1804@node Symbol Handling
1805
1806@chapter Symbol Handling
1807
25822942 1808Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1809functions, and types.
1810
1811@section Symbol Reading
1812
56caf160
EZ
1813@cindex symbol reading
1814@cindex reading of symbols
1815@cindex symbol files
1816@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1817file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1818debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1819symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1820more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1821reading symbols from shared libraries.
1822
1823@findex find_sym_fns
1824Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1825the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1826of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1827this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1828
1829@findex add_symtab_fns
1830@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1831@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1832Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1833@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1834to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1835name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1836and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1837times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1838prefix.
1839
1840The functions supplied by each module are:
1841
1842@table @code
1843@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1844
56caf160 1845@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1846Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1847symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1848resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1849read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1850might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1851whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1852
1853The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1854@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1855new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1856and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1857information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1858in the @code{private} field.
1859
1860There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1861@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1862
1863@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1864
1865Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1866This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1867state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1868@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1869arguments and no result. It may be called after
1870@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1871may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1872
1873@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1874
1875Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1876symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1877
56caf160 1878@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1879@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1880the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1881address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1882table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1883or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1884@end table
1885
1886In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1887@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1888to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1889from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1890
1891@table @code
1892@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1893
56caf160 1894Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1895the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1896pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1897symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1898@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1899zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1900@end table
1901
1902@section Partial Symbol Tables
1903
56caf160 1904@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1905
1906@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1907@cindex full symbol table
1908@cindex symtabs
1909@item
1910Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1911information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1912
56caf160
EZ
1913@cindex psymtabs
1914@item
1915Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1916information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1917symbol table.
1918
56caf160
EZ
1919@cindex minimal symbol table
1920@cindex minsymtabs
1921@item
1922Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1923gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1924@end itemize
1925
56caf160 1926@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1927This section describes partial symbol tables.
1928
1929A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1930file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1931extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1932need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1933information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1934quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1935pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1936the user.
1937@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1938
1939The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1940visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1941that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1942types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1943
1944The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1945full symbol table would represent.
1946
56caf160
EZ
1947@cindex finding a symbol
1948@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1949The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1950code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1951
1952@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1953@findex find_pc_function
1954@findex find_pc_line
1955@item
c1468174 1956By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1957function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1958range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1959@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1960@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1961
56caf160
EZ
1962@cindex lookup_symbol
1963@item
1964By its name
c1468174 1965(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1966function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1967psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1968have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1969case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1970qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1971local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1972does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1973@end itemize
1974
1975The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1976at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1977while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1978psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1979them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1980either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1981name.
1982
56caf160
EZ
1983It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1984been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1985in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1986all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1987ranges.
c906108c 1988
56caf160 1989The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1990thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1991be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1992bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1993and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1994on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1995unless you want to do a lot more work.
1996
1997@section Types
1998
56caf160 1999@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2000
56caf160 2001@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2002These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2003types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2004into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2005that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2006knows about.
c906108c 2007
56caf160 2008@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2009
56caf160
EZ
2010@cindex type codes
2011Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2012of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2013@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2014which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2015types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2016other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2017or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2018
56caf160 2019@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2020
2021These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2022fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2023use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2024eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2025initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2026@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2027an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2028@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2029only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2030@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2031some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2032
2033@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2034@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2035
2036@subsection a.out
2037
56caf160
EZ
2038@cindex @code{a.out} format
2039The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2040consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2041which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2042respectively.
c906108c 2043
56caf160 2044The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2045place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2046@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2047format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2048symbols with distinctive attributes.
2049
56caf160 2050The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2051
2052@subsection COFF
2053
56caf160 2054@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2055The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2056COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2057number of sections is limited.
2058
2059The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2060was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2061instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2062included file.
2063
2064The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2065
2066@subsection ECOFF
2067
56caf160 2068@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2069ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2070workstations.
2071
2072The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2073
2074@subsection XCOFF
2075
56caf160 2076@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2077The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2078The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2079symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2080@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2081information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2082
2083The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2084shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2085refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2086relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2087using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2088been run (or the core file has been read).
2089
2090@subsection PE
2091
56caf160
EZ
2092@cindex PE-COFF format
2093Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2094executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2095
25822942 2096While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2097COFF reader.
2098
2099@subsection ELF
2100
56caf160 2101@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2102The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2103to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2104many of COFF's limitations.
2105
2106The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2107
2108@subsection SOM
2109
56caf160 2110@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2111SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2112SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2113
2114The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
2115
2116@subsection Other File Formats
2117
56caf160 2118@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 2119Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 2120Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
2121
2122@section Debugging File Formats
2123
2124This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2125are independent of the object file format.
2126
2127@subsection stabs
2128
56caf160 2129@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2130@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2131format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2132formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2133
2134While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2135including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2136the real work.
2137
2138@subsection COFF
2139
56caf160 2140@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2141The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2142of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2143
2144@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2145
56caf160 2146@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2147ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2148
2149The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2150
2151@subsection DWARF 1
2152
56caf160 2153@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2154DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
2155used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
2156
c906108c
SS
2157@c GCC_PRODUCER
2158@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
2159@c LCC_PRODUCER
2160@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
2161@c these have reasonable defaults already.
2162
2163The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
2164
2165@subsection DWARF 2
2166
56caf160 2167@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2168DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2169
2170The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2171
2172@subsection SOM
2173
56caf160 2174@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2175Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2176
25822942 2177@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2178
56caf160
EZ
2179@cindex adding debugging info reader
2180If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2181there is probably little to be done.
2182
2183If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2184BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2185
2186You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2187debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2188from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2189information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2190internal data structures.
2191
2192For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2193to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2194platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2195will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2196directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2197@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2198
c91d38aa
DJ
2199@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2200
2201Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2202its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2203namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2204
2205Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2206released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2207objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2208they could be unloaded at different times.
2209
2210User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2211these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2212is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2213the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2214
c906108c
SS
2215
2216@node Language Support
2217
2218@chapter Language Support
2219
56caf160
EZ
2220@cindex language support
2221@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2222although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2223manually.
c906108c 2224
56caf160
EZ
2225@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2226of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2227means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2228identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2229
25822942 2230@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2231
56caf160
EZ
2232@cindex adding source language
2233To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2234following steps:
c906108c
SS
2235
2236@table @emph
2237@item Create the expression parser.
2238
56caf160 2239@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2240This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2241building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2242@file{parse.c}.
2243
56caf160 2244@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2245Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2246parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2247@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2248various parsers from defining the same global names:
2249
474c8240 2250@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2251#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2252#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2253#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2254#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2255#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2256#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2257#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2258#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2259#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2260#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2261#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2262#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2263#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2264#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2265#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2266#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2267@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2268
2269At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2270initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2271@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2272@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2273that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2274and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2275@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2276language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2277for more information.
2278
2279@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2280
56caf160
EZ
2281@cindex expression evaluation routines
2282@findex evaluate_subexp
2283@findex prefixify_subexp
2284@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2285If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2286add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2287code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2288defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2289for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2290@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2291the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2292
2293@item Update some existing code
2294
2295Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2296@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2297
2298Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2299These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2300are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2301statement, an error is reported.
2302
56caf160 2303@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2304Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2305@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2306@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2307string.
2308
56caf160 2309@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2310Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2311language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2312dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2313
56caf160 2314@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2315Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2316code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2317This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2318Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2319file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2320information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2321code.
2322
56caf160
EZ
2323@findex print_subexp
2324@findex op_print_tab
2325Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2326expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2327printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2328
2329@item Add a place of call
2330
56caf160 2331@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2332Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2333@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2334
2335@item Use macros to trim code
2336
56caf160 2337@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2338The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2339languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2340@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2341macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2342leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2343using your language.
2344
25822942 2345Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2346is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2347compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2348
56caf160
EZ
2349See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2350for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2351
2352@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2353
2354Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2355variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2356not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2357distribution!
c906108c
SS
2358@end table
2359
2360
2361@node Host Definition
2362
2363@chapter Host Definition
2364
56caf160 2365With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2366definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2367mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2368
2369@section Adding a New Host
2370
56caf160
EZ
2371@cindex adding a new host
2372@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2373@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2374New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2375@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2376below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2377eventually disappear.
c906108c 2378
c906108c 2379@table @file
c906108c 2380@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2381This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2382(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2383configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2384
2385Host configuration information included a definition of
2386@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2387@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2388@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2389
7fd60527
AC
2390New host only configurations do not need this file.
2391
c906108c 2392@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2393This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2394gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2395handled by Autoconf.
2396
2397New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2398
2399@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2400file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2401@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2402also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2403
c906108c
SS
2404@end table
2405
2406@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2407
56caf160 2408@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2409There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2410various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2411defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2412the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2413@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2414
2415Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2416to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2417Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2418into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2419
2420@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2421@cindex remote debugging support
2422@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2423@item ser-unix.c
2424This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2425included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2426variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2427
2428@item ser-go32.c
2429This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2430using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2431
56caf160 2432@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2433@item ser-tcp.c
2434This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2435@end table
2436
2437@section Host Conditionals
2438
56caf160
EZ
2439When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2440defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2441attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2442the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2443they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2444
56caf160 2445@ftable @code
25822942 2446@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2447The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2448@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2449
cce74817
JM
2450@item NO_STD_REGS
2451This macro is deprecated.
2452
c906108c
SS
2453@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2454If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2455of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2456
2457@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2458Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2459the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2460
2461@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2462@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2463Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2464@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2465@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2466on several different types of systems.
2467
2468@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2469@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2470Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2471line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2472characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2473which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2474mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2475
2476@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2477@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2478The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2479
2480@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2481@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2482The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2483
c906108c
SS
2484@item FOPEN_RB
2485Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2486
c906108c 2487@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2488@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2489In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2490tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2491
c906108c
SS
2492@item HAVE_TERMIO
2493Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2494
c906108c 2495@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2496@itemx INT_MIN
2497@itemx LONG_MAX
2498@itemx UINT_MAX
2499@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2500Values for host-side constants.
2501
2502@item ISATTY
2503Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2504
2505@item LONGEST
2506This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2507it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2508@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2509
2510@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2511@cindex @code{long long} data type
2512Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2513by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2514
2515@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2516Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2517the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2518@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2519
2520@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2521Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2522set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2523
2524@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2525Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2526numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2527set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2528
2529@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2530Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2531float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2532@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2533
2534@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2535Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2536@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2537is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2538
2539@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2540This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2541@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2542which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2543
c906108c
SS
2544@item NORETURN
2545If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2546that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2547indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2548if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2549
2550@item ATTR_NORETURN
2551If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2552@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2553of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2554set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2555defined.
2556
c906108c 2557@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2558@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2559Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2560defined.
2561
2562@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2563This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2564@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2565
c906108c
SS
2566@item USG
2567Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2568This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2569@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2570
2571@item lint
56caf160 2572Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2573
2574@item volatile
2575Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2576@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2577@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2578
2579
2580@node Target Architecture Definition
2581
2582@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2583
56caf160
EZ
2584@cindex target architecture definition
2585@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2586machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2587with them.
c906108c 2588
af6c57ea
AC
2589The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2590@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2591using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2592
70f80edf
JT
2593@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2594@cindex OS ABI variants
2595
2596@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2597ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2598variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2599components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2600
2601A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2602(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2603OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2604to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2605considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2606overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2607architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2608different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2609OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2610examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2611sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2612
2613@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2614A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2615selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2616for each BFD architecture.
2617
2618The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2619
2620@table @code
2621
2622@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2623@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2624The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2625settings for the architecture will be used.
2626
2627@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2628@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2629UNIX System V Release 4
2630
2631@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2632@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2633GNU using the Hurd kernel
2634
2635@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2636@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2637Sun Solaris
2638
2639@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2640@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2641OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2642
2643@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2644@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2645GNU using the Linux kernel
2646
2647@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2648@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2649FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2650
2651@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2652@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2653FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2654
2655@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2656@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2657NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2658
2659@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2660@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2661NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2662
2663@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2664@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2665Windows CE
2666
1029b7fa
MK
2667@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2668@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2669DJGPP
2670
2671@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2672@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2673Novell NetWare
2674
70f80edf
JT
2675@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2676@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2677ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2678
2679@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2680@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2681ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2682
2683@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2684@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2685Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2686
2687@end table
2688
2689Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2690
2691@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2692Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2693@end deftypefun
2694
c133ab7a 2695@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2696Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2697architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2698@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2699machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2700will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2701@end deftypefun
2702
2703@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2704Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2705BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2706If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2707be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2708any architecture.
2709@end deftypefun
2710
2711@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2712Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2713The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2714be determined.
2715@end deftypefun
2716
2717@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2718Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2719@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2720corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2721architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2722with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2723@end deftypefun
2724
c906108c
SS
2725@section Registers and Memory
2726
56caf160
EZ
2727@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2728@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2729block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2730
56caf160
EZ
2731@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2732compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2733that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2734to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2735and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2736
25822942 2737@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2738
93e79dbd
JB
2739@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2740@cindex pointer representation
2741@cindex address representation
2742@cindex word-addressed machines
2743@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2744@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2745@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2746@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2747@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2748@cindex D10V addresses
2749
2750On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2751indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2752whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2753machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2754However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2755address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2756identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2757
172c2a43 2758For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2759instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2760actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2761jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2762full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2763If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2764then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2765However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2766low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2767zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2768the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2769refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2770code space.
2771
2772However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2773forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2774@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2775@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2776
2777(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2778affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2779going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2780
56caf160
EZ
2781To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2782one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2783byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2784of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2785@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2786@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2787@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2788and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2789
2790Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2791processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2792each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2793distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2794clean up some architecture-independent code.
2795
2796Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2797
2798@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2799Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2800@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2801appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2802@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2803@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2804inferior's.
2805
2806For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2807extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2808@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2809D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2810@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2811
2812If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2813will signal an internal error.
2814@end deftypefun
2815
2816@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2817Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2818pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2819@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2820inferior's.
2821
2822For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2823stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2824appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2825is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2826a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2827
2828If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2829will signal an internal error.
2830@end deftypefun
2831
f23631e4 2832@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2833Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2834as appropriate for the current architecture.
2835
2836This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2837For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2838described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2839@end deftypefun
2840
2841@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2842Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2843the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2844This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2845above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2846@end deftypefun
2847
93e79dbd
JB
2848Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2849relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2850definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2851simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2852
2853@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2854Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2855appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2856address the pointer refers to.
2857
2858This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2859C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2860@end deftypefn
2861
2862@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2863Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2864@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2865
2866This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2867C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2868@end deftypefn
2869
b5b0480a
KB
2870@section Address Classes
2871@cindex address classes
2872@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2873@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2874
2875Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2876via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2877define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2878distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2879info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2880address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2881following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2882types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2883a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2884
2885@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2886Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2887is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2888This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2889@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2890@end deftypefn
2891
2892@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2893Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2894its name.
2895@end deftypefn
2896@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2897Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2898for that address class qualifier.
2899@end deftypefn
2900
2901Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2902the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2903macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2904
2905Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
290632-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2907suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2908uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2909of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2910to implement the address class macros:
2911
2912@smallexample
2913somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2914 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2915@{
b5b0480a
KB
2916 if (byte_size == 2)
2917 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2918 else
2919 return 0;
f2abfe65 2920@}
b5b0480a
KB
2921
2922static char *
2923somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2924@{
b5b0480a
KB
2925 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2926 return "short";
2927 else
2928 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2929@}
b5b0480a
KB
2930
2931int
2932somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2933 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2934@{
b5b0480a 2935 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2936 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2937 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2938 return 1;
f2abfe65 2939 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2940 else
2941 return 0;
f2abfe65 2942@}
b5b0480a
KB
2943@end smallexample
2944
2945The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2946to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2947the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2948short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2949
2950@smallexample
2951(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2952type = int * @@short
2953@end smallexample
2954
93e79dbd 2955
13d01224
AC
2956@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2957@cindex raw register representation
2958@cindex virtual register representation
2959@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2960
2961@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2962functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2963pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2964Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2965Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2966Bug Tracking Database} and
2967@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2968up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2969
9fb4dd36
JB
2970Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2971register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2972In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2973the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2974used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2975
13d01224
AC
2976@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2977both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2978register forms.}
2979
9fb4dd36
JB
2980For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2981raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2982However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2983
2984@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2985@item
56caf160 2986The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2987we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2988floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2989are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2990allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2991type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2992arrangement is the virtual representation.
2993
2994@item
25822942
DB
2995Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2996registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2997bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2998raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2999virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3000@end itemize
3001
3002In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3003@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3004can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3005@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3006@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3007
56caf160
EZ
3008Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3009conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3010
3011@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3012Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3013and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3014
3015You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3016unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3017@end deftypefn
3018
12c266ea 3019@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3020The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3021of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3022remote protocol packet.
3023@end deftypefn
3024
f30992d4 3025@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3026The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3027This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3028register's value.
3029@end deftypefn
3030
2e092625 3031@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3032This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3033@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3034register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3035always uses the virtual form.
3036@end deftypefn
3037
3038@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3039Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3040should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3041at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3042convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3043
6f6ef15a
EZ
3044Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3045@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3046arguments in different orders.
3047
3048You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3049for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3050value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3051@end deftypefn
3052
3053@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3054Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3055should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3056at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3057convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3058
3059Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3060their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3061@end deftypefn
3062
3063
13d01224
AC
3064@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3065@cindex register representation
3066@cindex memory representation
3067@cindex representations, register and memory
3068@cindex register data formats, converting
3069@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3070
3071@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
3072significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
3073section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3074@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3075@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3076further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3077
3078Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3079form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3080For example:
3081
3082@itemize @bullet
3083
3084@item
3085The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3086floating-point registers.
3087
3088@item
3089The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3090@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3091when stored in a register.
3092
3093@end itemize
3094
3095In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3096the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3097the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3098Interface.
3099
3100For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3101representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3102However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3103following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3104representations of a data type:
3105
3106@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
3107Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3108register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3109when stored in memory.
3110
3111When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
3112@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
3113@end deftypefn
3114
3115@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3116Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3117@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3118format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3119
3120Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3121their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3122
3123You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
3124the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3125@end deftypefn
3126
3127@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3128Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3129raw format.
3130
3131Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3132their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3133
3134You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
3135the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3136@end deftypefn
3137
3138@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3139See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3140@end deftypefn
3141
3142
c906108c
SS
3143@section Frame Interpretation
3144
3145@section Inferior Call Setup
3146
3147@section Compiler Characteristics
3148
3149@section Target Conditionals
3150
3151This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
3152machine.
3153
3154@table @code
3155
c906108c 3156@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 3157@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
3158If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
3159really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 3160expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
3161addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
3162
3163For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
31642.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3165instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3166boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
3167address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
3168bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 3169
b5b0480a
KB
3170@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3171@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
3172If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3173referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3174and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3175return 0.
3176
3177The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3178@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3179possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3180@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3181
3182@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3183@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3184Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
3185has been defined.
3186
3187@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3188@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3189Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3190the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3191used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3192returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3193@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3194values or'd together.
3195@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3196
3197@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3198@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3199Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
3200been defined.
3201
3202@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
3203@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
3204Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3205flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3206
3207@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
3208@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
3209Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
3210been defined.
3211@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3212
93e79dbd 3213@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 3214@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
3215Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3216@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3217This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3218C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3219@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3220
c906108c 3221@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
3222@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
3223Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
3224parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3225original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3226
c906108c 3227@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3228@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3229Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3230endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3231are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3232
3233@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3234@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3235This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3236memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3237instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3238pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3239longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3240
56caf160
EZ
3241@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
3242@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3243
c906108c 3244@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3245@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3246@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3247@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3248Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3249
56caf160
EZ
3250@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3251favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3252
2dd0da42
AC
3253@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3254@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3255@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3256@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3257@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3258@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3259Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
3260@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
3261@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
3262@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3263favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 3264
56caf160
EZ
3265@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3266@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3267@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3268contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3269a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3270length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3271counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3272breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3273
3274Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3275not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3276instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3277instruction of the architecture.
3278
7a292a7a
SS
3279Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3280
8181d85f
DJ
3281@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
3282@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
56caf160
EZ
3283@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3284@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3285Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3286(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3287@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3288provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3289architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3290@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3291likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3292conventional manner.
3293
3294It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3295custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3296@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3297reason.
3298
1485d690
KB
3299@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3300@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3301@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3302Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3303address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3304breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3305
3306The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3307The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3308instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3309instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3310one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3311in parallel.
3312
3313In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3314from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3315information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3316refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3317if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3318statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3319instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3320(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3321in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3322at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3323
3324The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3325breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3326the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3327
3328Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3329expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3330is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3331
c906108c 3332@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3333@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3334See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3335
7043d8dc
AC
3336This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3337(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3338
56caf160
EZ
3339@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3340@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3341A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3342from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3343@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3344
56caf160
EZ
3345@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3346@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3347A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3348written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3349status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3350@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3351
13d01224
AC
3352@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3353@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3354Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3355non-standard form.
3356@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3357
c906108c 3358@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3359@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3360Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3361program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3362@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3363
56caf160
EZ
3364@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3365@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3366If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3367library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3368
5e74b15c 3369@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3370@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3371If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3372the processor's floating point unit.
3373
0ab7a791
AC
3374@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3375@findex print_registers_info
3376If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3377specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3378either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3379registers (@var{all} is zero).
3380
3381The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3382zero omits floating-point registers.
3383
e76f1f2e
AC
3384@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3385@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3386If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3387to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3388
3389By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3390registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3391
0dcedd82 3392@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3393@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3394Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3395no conversion will be performed.
3396
3397@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3398@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3399Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3400defined, no conversion will be performed.
3401
3402@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3403@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3404Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3405no conversion will be performed.
3406
c906108c 3407@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3408@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3409This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3410@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3411
56caf160
EZ
3412@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3413@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3414Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3415the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3416into @var{valbuf}.
3417
92ad9cd9
AC
3418This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3419(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3420
74055713
AC
3421@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3422@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3423@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3424When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3425register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3426its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3427
92ad9cd9 3428@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3429
74055713
AC
3430@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3431@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3432Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3433
0ba6dca9
AC
3434@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3435@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3436If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3437macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3438
0ba6dca9
AC
3439This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3440is not defined.
c906108c 3441
19772a2c
AC
3442@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3443@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3444Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3445represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3446Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3447
790eb8f5
AC
3448@item frame_align (@var{address})
3449@anchor{frame_align}
3450@findex frame_align
3451Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3452requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3453alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3454stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3455
3456This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3457the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3458value are correctly aligned.
3459
f27dd7fd
AC
3460Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3461address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3462
3463By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3464
8b148df9
AC
3465@item int frame_red_zone_size
3466
3467The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3468@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3469allocating extra stack space).
3470
3471When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3472modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3473@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3474stack.
3475
3476By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3477(@pxref{frame_align}).
3478
3479The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3480@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3481@cindex red zone
3482
618ce49f
AC
3483@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3484@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3485Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3486
618ce49f
AC
3487@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3488@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3489Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3490outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3491situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3492chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3493startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3494@code{_start}.
c906108c 3495
f30ee0bc
AC
3496@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3497@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3498See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3499current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3500@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3501@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3502@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3503
fb8f8949 3504@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3505
56caf160
EZ
3506@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3507@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3508For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3509are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3510@code{-1}.
c906108c 3511
8bedc050
AC
3512@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3513@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3514@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3515saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3516
3517This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3518
3519@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3520@findex unwind_pc
3521@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3522caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3523This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3524
3525The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3526is typically no more than:
3527
3528@smallexample
3529ULONGEST pc;
3530frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3531return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3532@end smallexample
3533
3534@noindent
8bedc050 3535@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3536
a9e5fdc2
AC
3537@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3538@findex unwind_sp
3539@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3540commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3541
3542The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3543is typically no more than:
3544
3545@smallexample
3546ULONGEST sp;
3547frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3548return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3549@end smallexample
3550
3551@noindent
3552@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3553
c906108c 3554@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3555@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3556For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3557function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3558@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3559function's epilogue.
3560
782263ab
AC
3561@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3562@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3563An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3564used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3565function's first genuine instruction.
3566
3567This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3568the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3569example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3570indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3571VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3572appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3573function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3574@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3575
c906108c 3576@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3577@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3578@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3579@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3580If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3581look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3582are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3583respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3584
25822942 3585@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3586@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3587If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3588within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3589
56caf160 3590This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3591definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3592a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3593defined.
3594
25822942 3595@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3596@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3597This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3598@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3599HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3600used instead.
c906108c 3601
c906108c 3602@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3603@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3604For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3605DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3606the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3607
56caf160
EZ
3608This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3609assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3610@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3611pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3612
ac2adee5
AC
3613@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3614@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3615Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3616@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3617
268e2188
AC
3618@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3619@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3620Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3621conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3622feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3623repenting at leisure.
3624
9742079a
EZ
3625@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3626An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3627support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3628
2df3850c 3629@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3630@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3631Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3632macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3633routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3634
3635On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3636@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3637routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3638
e9582e71
AC
3639@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3640@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3641If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3642stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3643is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3644
a5afb99f
AC
3645@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3646@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3647This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3648@var{prev}. [By default...]
3649
56caf160
EZ
3650@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3651@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3652Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3653stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3654the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3655stack grows upward.
3656
9e5abb06
CV
3657@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3658@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3659Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3660The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3661the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3662final `return from function call' instruction.
3663
aa2a3f87
AC
3664@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3665@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3666@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3667@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3668Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3669given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3670constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3671@var{pc}.
3672
56caf160
EZ
3673@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3674@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3675Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3676trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3677
56caf160
EZ
3678@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3679@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3680Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3681trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3682
56caf160
EZ
3683@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3684@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3685Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3686dynamic linker.
3687
56caf160
EZ
3688@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3689@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3690Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3691should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3692function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3693to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3694stepping will suffice.
3695
fc0c74b1
AC
3696@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3697@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3698@cindex converting integers to addresses
3699Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3700conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3701the current architectures conventions.
3702
3703@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3704their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3705@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3706computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3707major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3708other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3709conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3710out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3711to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3712disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3713method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3714@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3715
3716@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3717Addresses}.
3718
c906108c 3719@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3720@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3721(Specific to the a29k.)
3722
93e79dbd 3723@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3724@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3725Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3726appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3727address the pointer refers to.
3728@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3729
9fb4dd36 3730@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3731@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3732Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3733@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3734
3735@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3736@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3737Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3738@var{type}.
4281a42e 3739@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3740
12c266ea
AC
3741@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3742@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3743Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3744virtual type.
13d01224 3745@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3746
617073a9
AC
3747@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3748@findex register_reggroup_p
3749@cindex register groups
3750Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3751group @var{reggroup}.
3752
3753By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3754
3755@table @code
3756@item float_reggroup
3757Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3758@item vector_reggroup
3759Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3760@item general_reggroup
3761Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3762floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3763@item save_reggroup
3764@itemx restore_reggroup
3765@itemx all_reggroup
3766Any register with a valid name.
3767@end table
3768
f30992d4
AC
3769@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3770@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3771Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3772register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3773Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3774@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3775
2e092625 3776@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3777@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3778Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3779@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3780
77e7e267
AC
3781@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3782@findex register_type
3783If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3784superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3785Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3786
9fb4dd36 3787@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3788@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3789Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3790form.
13d01224 3791@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3792
3793@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3794@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3795Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3796form.
13d01224 3797@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3798
0ab4b752
MK
3799@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3800@findex regset_from_core_section
3801Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3802@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3803
b0ed3589 3804@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3805@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3806Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3807mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3808
56caf160
EZ
3809@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3810@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3811A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3812@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3813the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3814for examples.
3815
da59e081 3816@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3817@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3818Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3819debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3820them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3821address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3822linking faster.
3823
3824@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3825hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3826entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3827the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3828segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3829
3830@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3831
56caf160 3832@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3833@item
3834@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3835addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3836the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3837linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3838name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3839the address.
3840
3841@item
3842@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3843@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3844and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3845them.
da59e081
JM
3846@end itemize
3847
c906108c 3848@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3849@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3850If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3851counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3852
3853@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3854@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3855If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3856be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3857
3858This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3859@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3860
2df3850c 3861@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3862@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3863If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3864pushing them on the stack.
3865
a38c9fe6
MK
3866@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3867@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3868@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3869@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3870function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3871value.
3872
ee206350
AG
3873This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3874(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3875
c906108c 3876@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3877@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3878A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3879
3880@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3881@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3882(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3883
3884@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3885@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3886If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3887definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3888
749b82f6
AC
3889@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3890@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3891@findex frame_pop
3892If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3893method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3894
d4b6d575 3895@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3896@findex push_dummy_call
3897@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3898@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3899the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3900@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3901@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3902
86fe4aaa 3903@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3904function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3905
b24da7d0 3906Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3907
3908This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3909
7043d8dc
AC
3910@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3911@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3912@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3913instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3914called function should return.
3915
3916Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3917should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3918the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3919
3920By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3921(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3922reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3923
434b87dd 3924This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3925@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3926
56caf160
EZ
3927@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3928@findex REGISTER_NAME
3929Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3930or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3931
8e823e25
MK
3932@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3933@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3934@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3935given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3936
3937This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3938(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3939
b24da7d0
AC
3940@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3941@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3942@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3943notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3944passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3945after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3946allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3947
c906108c 3948@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3949@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3950Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3951defined, no conversion will be done.
3952
963e2bb7 3953@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3954@findex gdbarch_return_value
3955@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3956type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3957would use.
3958
3959@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3960@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3961in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3962value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3963passed in as the function's first parameter.
3964
963e2bb7
AC
3965If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3966non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3967@var{regcache}.
3968
963e2bb7 3969If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3970non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3971@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3972just returned function).
3973
74055713 3974@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3975return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3976
3977@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3978store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3979the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3980@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3981instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3982return-value extract and store.}
3983
3984@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3985parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3986that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3987then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3988@var{function} should be persued.}
3989
3990@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3991to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3992@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3993limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3994
c2c6d25f 3995@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3996@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3997Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3998steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3999re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4000hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 4001doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
4002state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
4003macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
4004of a branch or jump.
4005
56caf160
EZ
4006@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
4007@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
4008A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4009function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 4010
56caf160
EZ
4011@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
4012@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
4013If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4014the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
4015that is at the start of the real function.
4016
4017@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 4018@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 4019If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
4020the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4021there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
4022
4023@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4024@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 4025Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 4026declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
4027done.
4028
f27dd7fd
AC
4029@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
4030@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
4031@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
4032Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
4033requirements for the processor's stack.
4034
4035Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
4036upwards.
4037
4038By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 4039
56caf160
EZ
4040@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
4041@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
4042Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
4043delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 4044slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
4045normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
4046
ebba8386 4047@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 4048@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
4049A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
4050@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
4051value that is to be returned.
c906108c 4052
92ad9cd9
AC
4053This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4054(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4055
c906108c 4056@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4057@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4058The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4059current sources.)
4060
c906108c 4061@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4062@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4063Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4064
c3d3ce5b
JB
4065@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4066@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4067Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4068it should be unsigned.
4069
4070The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4071equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4072character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4073Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4074on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4075
c906108c 4076@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4077@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4078Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
4079
ac9a91a7
JM
4080At present this macro is not used.
4081
c906108c 4082@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4083@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4084Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4085
4086@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4087@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4088Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4089
ac9a91a7
JM
4090At present this macro is not used.
4091
c906108c 4092@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 4093@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4094Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4095
4096@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 4097@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4098Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4099
4100@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4101@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4102Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4103
4104@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4105@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4106Number of bits in a long double float;
4107defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4108
4109@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4110@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4111Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
4112
4113@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 4114@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4115Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
4116
4117@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 4118@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4119Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4120
4121@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
4122@findex TARGET_READ_PC
4123@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
4124@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 4125@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
4126@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4127@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4128@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4129@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
4130@findex read_pc
4131@findex write_pc
4132@findex read_sp
56caf160 4133@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 4134@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 4135@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4136left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4137functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
4138
4139These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
4140hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
4141in an ordinary register.
4142
a9e5fdc2
AC
4143@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
4144
56caf160
EZ
4145@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
4146@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
4147Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4148pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4149are not used, a default definition simply returns
4150@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4151
9742079a
EZ
4152@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4153If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4154watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4155other related macros.
4156
7ccaa899
EZ
4157@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
4158@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
4159This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4160instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
4161debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4162a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4163accessor function for the global pointer
4164@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4165the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4166@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4167@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4168decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4169
6314f104
AC
4170@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
4171@findex unwind_dummy_id
4172@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
4173frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4174frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4175previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4176@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4177
b5622e8d
AC
4178@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4179@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4180If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4181given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4182allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4183being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4184for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4185other compilers.
4186
92ad9cd9
AC
4187This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4188(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4189
13d01224
AC
4190@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4191@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
4192Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
4193@var{regnum}'s.
4194@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4195
56caf160
EZ
4196@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4197@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4198For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4199declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4200nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4201@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4202presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4203@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4204
56caf160
EZ
4205@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4206@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 4207Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
4208@end table
4209
4210Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4211
56caf160 4212@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4213@item BPT_VECTOR
4214Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4215not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4216
4217@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4218Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4219
4220@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4221@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4222A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4223allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4224
56caf160 4225@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4226
4227@section Adding a New Target
4228
56caf160 4229@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4230The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4231
4232@table @file
56caf160 4233@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4234@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4235Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4236object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4237@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4238the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4239tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4240
4241You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4242but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4243future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4244
c906108c
SS
4245@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4246Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4247some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4248@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4249as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4250function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4251and debug.
4252
af6c57ea
AC
4253@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4254@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4255This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4256processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4257@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4258the same processor.
4259
4260@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4261(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4262macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4263format and instructions.
4264
4265New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4266
c906108c
SS
4267@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4268This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4269processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4270@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4271same processor.
4272
af6c57ea
AC
4273New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4274
c906108c
SS
4275@end table
4276
4277If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4278@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4279facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4280instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4281that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4282@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4283
4284
3352e23e
AC
4285@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4286@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4287
4288This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4289an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4290
4291The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4292sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4293instance:
4294
4295@itemize @bullet
4296
4297@item
4298Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4299not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4300
4301@item
4302Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4303@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4304
4305@item
4306Enable multi-arch level one.
4307
4308@item
4309Delete one or more files.
4310
4311@end itemize
4312
4313@noindent
4314There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4315encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4316
4317Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4318and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4319obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4320@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4321process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4322expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4323needed.
4324
4325@subsection Preparation
4326
4327The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4328enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4329the debugger can be compared.
4330
4331At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4332with @option{-Werror}.
4333
4334@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4335
4336The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4337framework. It involves
4338
4339@itemize @bullet
4340
4341@item
4342The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4343above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4344has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4345the architecture:
4346@smallexample
4347static struct gdbarch *
4348d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4349 struct gdbarch_info info;
4350 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4351@{
4352 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4353 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4354 if (arches != NULL)
4355 return arches->gdbarch;
4356 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4357 return gdbarch;
4358@}
4359@end smallexample
4360@noindent
4361@emph{}
4362
4363@item
4364A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4365information:
4366@smallexample
4367static void
4368mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4369 struct ui_file *file)
4370@{
4371 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4372@}
4373@end smallexample
4374
4375@item
4376A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4377architecture:
4378@smallexample
4379void
4380_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4381@{
4382 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4383 mips_dump_tdep);
4384@end smallexample
4385
4386@item
4387Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4388@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4389
4390@end itemize
4391
4392@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4393
4394Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4395
4396@table @code
3352e23e 4397@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4398Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4399@end table
4400
4401@noindent
4402At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4403functions.
4404
4405@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4406
4407Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4408and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4409committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4410an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4411provided.
4412
4413Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4414
4415Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4416functions (patch(es)).
4417
4418Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4419architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4420!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4421
4422@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4423
4424Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4425single patch).
4426
4427Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4428already.
4429
4430@subsection Convert remaining macros
4431
4432Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4433architecture method) in small batches.
4434
4435@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4436
4437This should go smoothly.
4438
4439@subsection Delete the TM file
4440
4441The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4442@file{configure.in} updated.
4443
4444
c906108c
SS
4445@node Target Vector Definition
4446
4447@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4448@cindex target vector
c906108c 4449
56caf160
EZ
4450The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4451abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4452actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4453@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4454each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4455
4456@section File Targets
4457
4458Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4459
4460@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4461
56caf160
EZ
4462@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4463that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4464@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4465systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4466
56caf160
EZ
4467The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4468your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4469SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4470program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4471
4472The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4473@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4474
4475@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4476@item
4477%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4478
56caf160
EZ
4479@item
4480traps are disabled;
c906108c 4481
56caf160
EZ
4482@item
4483you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4484@end enumerate
4485
4486As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4487is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4488The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4489hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4490which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4491set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4492first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4493
4494For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4495``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4496and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4497controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4498trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4499do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4500of the debugger/stub.
4501
4502From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4503They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4504
4505@section ROM Monitor Interface
4506
4507@section Custom Protocols
4508
4509@section Transport Layer
4510
4511@section Builtin Simulator
4512
4513
4514@node Native Debugging
4515
4516@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4517@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4518
25822942 4519Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4520
4521@table @file
56caf160 4522@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4523@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4524Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4525machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4526native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4527Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4528@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4529define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4530@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4531
7fd60527
AC
4532@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4533originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4534on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4535purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4536eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4537suffix.}
4538
c906108c 4539@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4540(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4541macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4542child process control and core file support.
4543
4544@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4545Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4546this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4547@end table
4548
4549There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4550various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4551defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4552the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4553@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4554
4555Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4556to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4557Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4558into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4559
4560@table @file
c906108c
SS
4561@item inftarg.c
4562This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4563processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4564
4565@item procfs.c
4566This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4567processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4568
4569@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4570This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4571and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4572
4573@item infptrace.c
4574This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4575the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4576@end table
4577
4578@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4579@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4580
4581@table @file
56caf160 4582@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4583@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4584Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4585@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4586files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4587just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4588@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4589
4590@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4591If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4592@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4593set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4594register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4595``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4596@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4597use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4598you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4599to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4600@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4601the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4602@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4603@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4604implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4605@end table
4606
25822942 4607When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4608possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4609code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4610@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4611machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4612(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4613@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4614exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4615modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4616section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4617segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4618information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4619sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4620section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4621standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4622around in.
4623
25822942 4624Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4625@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4626@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4627It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4628its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4629segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4630register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4631
4632If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4633format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4634reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4635
4636@section ptrace
4637
4638@section /proc
4639
4640@section win32
4641
4642@section shared libraries
4643
4644@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4645@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4646
56caf160
EZ
4647When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4648defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4649target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4650undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4651
1f6d4158
AC
4652@table @code
4653
c906108c 4654@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4655@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4656If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4657define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4658a read from the child.
4659
4660[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4661currently.]
4662
4663@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4664@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4665Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4666@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4667@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4668@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4669routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4670
c906108c 4671@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4672@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4673This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4674point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4675appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4676to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4677
4678@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4679@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4680For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4681DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4682@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4683
56caf160 4684This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4685assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4686@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4687pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4688
9742079a
EZ
4689@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4690An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4691support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4692
c906108c 4693@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4694@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4695Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4696struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4697needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4698addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4699On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4700
c906108c 4701@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4702@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4703Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4704runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4705root directory.
4706
4707@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4708@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4709Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4710user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4711
4712@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4713@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4714Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4715defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4716definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4717
c906108c 4718@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4719@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4720The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4721exists and is different from @code{int}.
4722
4723@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4724@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4725Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4726
4727@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4728@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4729If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4730inferior.
4731
4732@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4733@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4734If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4735Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4736
990f9fe3 4737@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4738@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4739Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4740@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4741@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4742processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4743
4744@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4745@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4746Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4747want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4748
4749@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4750@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4751When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4752twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4753the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4754number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4755expand into the number expected.
4756
c906108c 4757@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4758@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4759This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4760translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4761representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4762
4763@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4764@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4765This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4766defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4767@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4768configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4769the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4770undefined.
4771
4772The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4773the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4774that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4775
4776@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4777@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4778See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4779
4780@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4781@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4782Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4783@end table
4784
4785
4786@node Support Libraries
4787
4788@chapter Support Libraries
4789
4790@section BFD
56caf160 4791@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4792
25822942 4793BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4794
4795@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4796@item identifying executable and core files
4797BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4798several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4799
4800@item access to sections of files
4801BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4802sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4803(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4804calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4805length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4806
4807@item specialized core file support
4808BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4809core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4810file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4811file.
4812
4813@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4814@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4815symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4816handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4817symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4818string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4819@end table
4820
4821@section opcodes
56caf160 4822@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4823
25822942 4824The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4825library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4826
4827@section readline
4828
4829@section mmalloc
4830
4831@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4832@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4833
4834The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4835that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4836systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4837groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4838environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4839a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4840functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4841beyond standard functions).
4842
4843@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4844library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4845floating format support functions, the input options parser
4846@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4847
4848@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4849@cindex @code{obstacks}
4850
4851The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4852chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4853like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4854allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4855@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4856@code{obstacks}).
4857
4858The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4859object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4860representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4861these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4862symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4863fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4864offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4865string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4866information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4867unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4868various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4869names of types.
4870
4871An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4872that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4873various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4874once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4875function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4876deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4877start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4878@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4879obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4880happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4881is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4882obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4883@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4884else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4885use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4886
4887Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4888under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4889longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4890when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4891new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4892
4893@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4894@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4895
4896Regex conditionals.
4897
4898@table @code
c906108c
SS
4899@item C_ALLOCA
4900
4901@item NFAILURES
4902
4903@item RE_NREGS
4904
4905@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4906
4907@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4908
4909@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4910
4911@item Sword
4912
4913@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4914@end table
4915
4916@section include
4917
4918@node Coding
4919
4920@chapter Coding
4921
4922This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4923algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4924
4925@section Cleanups
56caf160 4926@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4927
4928Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4929later.
c906108c 4930
cc1cb004
AC
4931When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4932@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4933the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4934cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4935and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4936is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4937cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4938created.
c906108c
SS
4939
4940Syntax:
4941
4942@table @code
c906108c
SS
4943@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4944Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4945
56caf160 4946@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4947@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4948Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4949@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4950handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4951@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4952@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4953from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4954
56caf160 4955@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4956@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4957Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4958@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4959
4960@findex discard_cleanups
4961@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4962Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4963the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4964@end table
4965
4966Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4967@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4968later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4969performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4970
474c8240 4971@smallexample
c906108c 4972make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4973@{
4974 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4975 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4976 ...
4977 do_cleanups (old);
4978@}
474c8240 4979@end smallexample
56caf160 4980
c906108c 4981@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4982will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4983cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4984be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4985
4986Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4987Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4988will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4989to two common cleanup styles.
4990
4991The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4992@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4993code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4994code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4995called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4996@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4997
474c8240 4998@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4999struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5000data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5001make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5002... blah blah ...
5003do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5004@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5005
5006The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5007@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5008any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5009code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5010an error:
5011
474c8240 5012@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5013FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5014struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5015... blah blah ...
5016discard_cleanups (old);
5017return file;
474c8240 5018@end smallexample
c906108c 5019
c1468174 5020Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5021that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5022means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5023interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5024functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5025@samp{longjmp} instead).
5026
ba8c9337
AC
5027@section Per-architecture module data
5028@cindex per-architecture module data
5029@cindex multi-arch data
5030@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5031
fc989b7a
AC
5032The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5033specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5034architecture object.
5035
5036A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5037
5038@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5039@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5040per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5041in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5042architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5043and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5044@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5045
fc989b7a
AC
5046@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5047@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5048per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5049always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5050initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5051per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5052other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5053create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5054@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5055
fc989b7a
AC
5056These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5057identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5058
fc989b7a 5059The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5060
fc989b7a
AC
5061@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5062Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5063@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5064or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5065current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5066pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5067corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5068@end deftypefun
5069
fc989b7a 5070The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5071
5072@smallexample
e7f16015 5073struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5074static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5075@end smallexample
5076
fc989b7a
AC
5077A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5078per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5079per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5080creation.
ba8c9337 5081
fc989b7a
AC
5082In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5083architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5084from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5085
5086@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5087static void *
5088nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5089@{
fc989b7a
AC
5090 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5091 return data;
5092@}
ba8c9337
AC
5093@end smallexample
5094
ba8c9337 5095@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5096extern void
5097set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5098@{
ba8c9337 5099 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5100 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5101@}
5102@end smallexample
5103
fc989b7a
AC
5104A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5105using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5106
fc989b7a
AC
5107In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5108@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5109architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5110
5111@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5112static void *
5113nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5114@{
fc989b7a
AC
5115 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5116 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5117 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5118@}
5119@end smallexample
5120
5121@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5122extern int
5123nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5124@{
fc989b7a
AC
5125 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5126 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5127@}
5128@end smallexample
5129
c906108c 5130@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5131@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5132
56caf160 5133@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5134Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5135or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5136added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5137routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5138exceeded.
5139
5140The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5141printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5142away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5143@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5144@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5145return!
5146
56caf160 5147It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5148space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5149indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5150the line wraps there.
5151
5152Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5153finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5154to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5155print warnings are a good example.
5156
25822942 5157@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5158@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5159
25822942 5160@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5161@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5162FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5163of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5164but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5165
56caf160
EZ
5166@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5167@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5168
af6c57ea 5169
b9aa90c9 5170@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5171
b9aa90c9
AC
5172@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5173compiler.
af6c57ea 5174
b9aa90c9 5175@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5176
5177
5178@subsection Memory Management
5179
5180@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5181@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5182
5183@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5184@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5185these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5186they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5187@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5188
5189@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5190memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5191behavior.}
5192
5193@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5194
5195@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5196memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5197free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5198
5199@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5200@code{NULL} pointer.}
5201
5202@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5203allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5204
5205@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5206restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5207
5208@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5209function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5210
5211@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5212functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5213errors.}
5214
5215
5216@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5217@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
5218
5219With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
5220@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
5221The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
5222
5223This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5224with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
5225from those flags being treated as errors.
5226
5227The current list of warning flags includes:
5228
5229@table @samp
5230@item -Wimplicit
5231Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
5232using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
5233prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
5234@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
5235
5236@item -Wreturn-type
5237Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
5238that use register windows.
5239
5240@item -Wcomment
5241
5242@item -Wtrigraphs
5243
5244@item -Wformat
153721e6 5245@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 5246Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 5247@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5248but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5249
5250@item -Wparentheses
5251This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
5252@code{if} statement.
5253
5254@item -Wpointer-arith
5255
5256@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
5257
5258@item -Wunused-label
5259This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
5260@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
5261@smallexample
5262enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
5263@dots{}
5264switch (sched)
5265 @{
5266 case FD_SCHEDULED:
5267 @dots{};
5268 break;
5269 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
5270 @dots{};
5271 break;
5272 @}
5273@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
5274
5275@item -Wunused-function
7be93b9e
JB
5276
5277@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5278In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5279assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5280signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5281carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5282the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5283worth the time it would take.
5284
af6c57ea
AC
5285@end table
5286
5287@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
5288functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
5289@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
5290@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5291it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
5292is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
5293precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
5294
5295@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
5296enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
5297when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
5298
5299@subsection Formatting
5300
56caf160 5301@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5302The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5303strictly.
5304
af6c57ea
AC
5305A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5306function definition should have its name in column zero.
5307
474c8240 5308@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5309/* Declaration */
5310static void foo (void);
5311/* Definition */
5312void
5313foo (void)
5314@{
5315@}
474c8240 5316@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5317
5318@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5319be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5320
af6c57ea
AC
5321There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5322parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5323required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5324or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5325
5326While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5327more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5328after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5329whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5330for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5331
5332Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5333
474c8240 5334@smallexample
af6c57ea 5335void *foo;
474c8240 5336@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5337
5338@noindent
5339and not:
5340
474c8240 5341@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5342void * foo;
5343void* foo;
474c8240 5344@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5345
5346@subsection Comments
5347
56caf160 5348@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5349The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5350
af6c57ea
AC
5351Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5352@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5353
474c8240 5354@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5355/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5356 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5357 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5358 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5359 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5360@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5361
5362(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5363comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5364
5365Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5366variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5367
5368In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5369than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5370line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5371than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5372
5373@subsection C Usage
5374
56caf160 5375@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5376Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5377host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5378of evaluation of expressions.
5379
56caf160 5380@cindex function usage
c906108c 5381Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5382in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5383call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5384limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5385
5386However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5387are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5388
af6c57ea 5389@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5390(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5391protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5392
5393@cindex types
c906108c 5394
af6c57ea
AC
5395Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5396declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5397
5398
5399@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5400@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5401
5402Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5403a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5404argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5405function definition.
c906108c 5406
53a5351d
JM
5407All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5408callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5409be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5410visible to random source files.
c906108c 5411
af6c57ea
AC
5412Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5413that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5414
5415
5416@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5417
5418During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5419User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5420entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5421object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5422Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5423run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5424
5425When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5426@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5427
5428@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5429
5430@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5431the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5432@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5433error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5434
5435@subsection File Names
5436
5437Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5438case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5439unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5440
5441@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5442platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5443is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5444@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5445convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5446@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5447@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5448
5449Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5450of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5451
5452@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5453
5454When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5455@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5456@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5457independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5458the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5459should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5460programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5461
5462For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5463
5464
5465@subsection Include Files
5466
e2b28d04 5467A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5468
e2b28d04
AC
5469A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5470declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5471indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5472
e2b28d04
AC
5473A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5474declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5475indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5476be directly included.
af6c57ea 5477
e2b28d04 5478An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5479
e2b28d04
AC
5480An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5481Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5482pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5483
5484A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5485
5486An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5487files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5488@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5489
5490All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5491
474c8240 5492@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5493#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5494#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5495header body
5496#endif
474c8240 5497@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5498
c906108c 5499
dab11f21 5500@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5501
56caf160 5502@cindex design
c906108c 5503In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5504semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5505experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5506trouble.
5507
56caf160 5508@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5509You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5510(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5511must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5512@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5513such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5514
5515You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5516the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5517current @code{target_ops} vector.
5518
5519You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5520(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5521assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5522host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5523written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5524copyright problems.
5525
56caf160 5526@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5527Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5528to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5529systems.
5530
56caf160 5531@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5532New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5533or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5534for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5535features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5536has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5537often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5538predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5539time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5540with regard to this feature.
5541
5542Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5543target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5544
dab11f21
EZ
5545@cindex portable file name handling
5546@cindex file names, portability
5547One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5548creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5549assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5550a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5551directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5552necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5553system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5554name, use the following portable macros:
5555
5556@table @code
5557@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5558@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5559This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5560whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5561symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5562such hosts.
5563
5564@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5565@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5566Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5567character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5568such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5569pass.
5570
5571@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5572@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5573Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5574For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5575@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5576@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5577
5578@findex FILENAME_CMP
5579@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5580Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5581appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5582this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5583will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5584
5585@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5586@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5587Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5588@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5589This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5590
5591@findex SLASH_STRING
5592@item SLASH_STRING
5593This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5594absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5595@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5596@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5597@end table
5598
5599In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5600functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5601basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5602@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5603platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5604with @code{strrchr}.
5605
25822942
DB
5606Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5607attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5608multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5609by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5610well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5611something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5612using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5613@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5614current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5615is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5616implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5617attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5618formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5619
56caf160
EZ
5620Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5621the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5622@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5623something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5624consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5625with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5626file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5627radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5628
af6c57ea
AC
5629All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5630@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5631messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5632@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5633
c906108c 5634
8487521e 5635@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5636
25822942 5637@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5638@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5639
56caf160
EZ
5640Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5641specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5642dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5643hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5644@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5645name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5646@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5647
56caf160
EZ
5648@itemize @bullet
5649@item
c906108c
SS
5650In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5651@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5652vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5653@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5654@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5655running
5656
474c8240 5657@smallexample
c906108c 5658./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5659@end smallexample
56caf160 5660
c906108c
SS
5661@noindent
5662and
56caf160 5663
474c8240 5664@smallexample
c906108c 5665./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5666@end smallexample
56caf160 5667
c906108c
SS
5668@noindent
5669which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5670and no error messages.
5671
56caf160 5672@noindent
c906108c
SS
5673You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5674beyond the scope of this manual.
5675
56caf160 5676@item
25822942 5677To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5678your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5679desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5680setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5681@var{xyz}).
5682
7fd60527
AC
5683@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5684@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5685new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5686Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5687to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5688changed again in the future.}
5689
56caf160 5690@item
25822942 5691Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5692target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5693configuration.
56caf160 5694@end itemize
c906108c 5695
d52fe014
AC
5696@node Versions and Branches
5697@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5698
d52fe014 5699@section Versions
8973da3a 5700
d52fe014
AC
5701@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5702@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5703
d52fe014
AC
5704@table @asis
5705@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5706@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5707an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5708@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5709a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
57106.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5711@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5712a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
57136.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5714@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5715a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5716@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5717may include additional changes
d52fe014 5718@end table
fb0ff88f 5719
d52fe014
AC
5720@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5721numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5722of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5723@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5724
53531fc1
AC
5725@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5726@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5727drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5728first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5729@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5730@var{patchlevel}.
5731
5732For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5733identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5734
5735@table @asis
5736@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5737drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5738@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5739@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5740drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
57416.1.90.20020304)
5742@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5743@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5744drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5745@end table
fb0ff88f 5746
d52fe014
AC
5747If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
57486.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5749here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5750
d52fe014
AC
5751@smallexample
5752 <HEAD>
5753 |
53531fc1 57546.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5755 |
53531fc1 5756 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5757 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5758 | |
53531fc1
AC
57596.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5760 | |
57616.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5762 | |
57636.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5764 | |
53531fc1
AC
57656.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5766 | |
57676.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5768 | |
57696.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5770 | |
57716.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5772 | |
57736.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5774 |
53531fc1 57756.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5776 |
53531fc1 5777 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5778 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5779 | |
57806.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5781 | |
d52fe014 5782@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5783
d52fe014
AC
5784@section Release Branches
5785@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5786
d52fe014
AC
5787@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5788single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5789branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5790
d52fe014
AC
5791@smallexample
5792gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5793gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5794gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5795@end smallexample
5796
5797@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5798release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5799date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5800branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5801
5802@section Vendor Branches
5803@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5804
5805To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5806@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5807(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d52fe014
AC
5808its version identifer). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
5809Inc Patch 2)}.
5810
5811@section Experimental Branches
5812@cindex experimental branches
5813
5814@subsection Guidelines
5815
5816@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5817repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5818for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5819significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5820
d52fe014 5821The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5822
d52fe014
AC
5823@table @emph
5824
5825@item a branch has an owner
5826The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5827ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5828adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5829
5830@item all commits are posted
5831All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5832@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5833mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5834should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5835
5836@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5837This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5838and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5839
5840@item a branch is focused
5841A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5842unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5843be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5844
5845@item a branch tracks mainline
5846This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5847pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5848mainline.
5849
5850@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5851The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5852branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5853
5854@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5855The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5856the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5857@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5858
5859@end table
fb0ff88f 5860
d52fe014
AC
5861@subsection Tags
5862@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5863
d52fe014
AC
5864To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5865branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5866
d52fe014 5867@table @code
fb0ff88f 5868
d52fe014
AC
5869@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5870@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5871The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5872date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5873sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5874@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5875cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5876cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5877 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5878@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5879
d52fe014
AC
5880@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5881The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5882on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5883use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5884@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5885cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5886cvs update \
5887 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5888 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5889@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5890@noindent
5891Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5892merge.
5893
5894@end table
fb0ff88f 5895
d52fe014
AC
5896@noindent
5897For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5898@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5899
55f6ca0f
JB
5900@node Start of New Year Procedure
5901@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5902@cindex new year procedure
5903
5904At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5905
5906@itemize @bullet
5907@item
5908Rotate the ChangeLog file
5909
5910The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5911@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5912A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5913contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5914also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5915the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5916@smallexample
5917Local Variables:
5918mode: change-log
5919left-margin: 8
5920fill-column: 74
5921version-control: never
5922End:
5923@end smallexample
5924
5925@item
5926Update the copyright year in the startup message
5927
5928Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5929@code{print_gdb_version}.
5930@end itemize
5931
d52fe014 5932@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5933
d52fe014
AC
5934@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5935@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5936
9bb0a4d8
AC
5937@section Branch Commit Policy
5938
5939The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
59405.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5941
5942@itemize @bullet
5943@item
5944The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5945@item
5946Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5947trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5948file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5949@item
5950When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5951Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5952when debugging a static binary?
5953@item
5954The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5955the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5956@item
5957Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5958sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5959@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5960@end itemize
5961
5962@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5963functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5964This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5965reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5966
5967
cbb09e6a 5968@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5969
8642bc8f 5970Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5971code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5972(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5973
8642bc8f 5974Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5975line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5976been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5977
cbb09e6a
AC
5978The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5979wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5980Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5981
cbb09e6a 5982@enumerate
8973da3a 5983@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5984Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5985list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5986recommended.
8973da3a 5987@item
cbb09e6a 5988Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5989@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5990Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5991Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5992@item
cbb09e6a 5993Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5994@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5995Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5996prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5997@item
5998Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5999released.
6000@item
6001Remove the obsolete code.
6002@end enumerate
6003
6004@noindent
6005@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6006hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6007helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6008or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6009the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6010hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6011
8973da3a 6012
9ae8b82c
AC
6013
6014@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6015
8642bc8f
AC
6016The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6017changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6018instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6019building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6020@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6021
9ae8b82c 6022@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6023
9ae8b82c
AC
6024People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6025something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6026script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6027
9ae8b82c 6028@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6029
9ae8b82c
AC
6030Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6031@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6032@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6033
6034@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6035
8642bc8f 6036A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6037
8642bc8f
AC
6038@itemize @bullet
6039@item
6040@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6041@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6042@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6043file)
6044@item
6045@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6046@end itemize
6047
9ae8b82c 6048@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6049
9ae8b82c
AC
6050@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6051(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6052conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6053of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6054regressions.
8642bc8f 6055
9ae8b82c 6056@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6057
9ae8b82c 6058Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6059
9ae8b82c 6060@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6061
9ae8b82c 6062The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6063
8642bc8f 6064
30107679 6065@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6066
30107679 6067@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6068
474c8240 6069@smallexample
30107679
AC
6070$ u=5.1
6071$ v=5.2
6072$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6073$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6074$ echo $u $V $D
60755.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6076$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6077-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6078cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6079-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6080$ ^echo ^^
6081...
6082$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6083-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6084cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6085-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6086$ ^echo ^^
6087...
8642bc8f 6088$
474c8240 6089@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6090
6091@itemize @bullet
6092@item
b247355e 6093By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6094date/time.
6095@item
b247355e 6096The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6097@item
b247355e 6098Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6099@item
b247355e 6100@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6101@item
b247355e 6102The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6103@end itemize
6104
6105@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6106
6107@smallexample
6108$ u=5.1
6109$ v=5.2
6110$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6111$ echo $u $v$V
61125.1 5_2
6113$ cd /tmp
6114$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6115-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6116cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6117 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6118$ ^echo ^^
6119U src/gdb/version.in
6120$ cd src/gdb
6121$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6122$ cat version.in
61235.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6124$ cvs -f commit version.in
6125@end smallexample
6126
6127@itemize @bullet
6128@item
6129@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6130mechanism.
30107679
AC
6131@item
6132@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6133initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6134@end itemize
6135
8642bc8f
AC
6136
6137@subheading Update the web and news pages
6138
30107679
AC
6139Something?
6140
8642bc8f
AC
6141@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6142
30107679
AC
6143The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6144This file needs to be updated so that:
6145
6146@itemize @bullet
6147@item
b247355e 6148A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6149@item
b247355e 6150The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6151@end itemize
6152
6153@noindent
6154See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6155cron table.
6156
6157The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6158any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6159snapshot directories.
6160
6161
6162@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6163
6164The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6165to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6166refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6167
6168The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6169current release.
6170
6171@subheading Post the branch info
6172
6173Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6174
6175@itemize @bullet
6176@item
6177@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6178@item
6179@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
6180@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 6181@end itemize
30107679
AC
6182
6183@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6184ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6185list are alerted.}
6186
6187The announcement should include:
6188
6189@itemize @bullet
6190@item
b247355e 6191The branch tag.
30107679 6192@item
b247355e 6193How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6194@item
b247355e 6195The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6196@item
b247355e 6197The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6198@end itemize
30107679 6199
8642bc8f
AC
6200@section Stabilize the branch
6201
6202Something goes here.
6203
6204@section Create a Release
6205
0816590b
AC
6206The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6207down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6208process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6209process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6210
0816590b
AC
6211When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6212
6213@subsection Create a release candidate
6214
6215The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6216made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6217candidate).
6218
6219@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6220
6221Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6222@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6223
6224@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6225
474c8240 6226@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6227$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6228$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6229$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6230$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6231/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6232$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6233$ cd $t/$b/$v
6234$ pwd
0816590b 6235/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6236$ which autoconf
6237/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6238$
474c8240 6239@end smallexample
8973da3a 6240
0816590b
AC
6241@noindent
6242Notes:
8973da3a 6243
0816590b
AC
6244@itemize @bullet
6245@item
6246Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6247version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6248found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6249unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6250@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6251@end itemize
6252
6253@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6254
474c8240 6255@smallexample
b247355e 6256$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6257do
8973da3a
AC
6258( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6259done
8642bc8f 6260$
474c8240 6261@end smallexample
8973da3a 6262
0816590b
AC
6263@noindent
6264Note:
8642bc8f 6265
0816590b
AC
6266@itemize @bullet
6267@item
6268The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6269any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6270@code{cvs} really does.
6271@end itemize
6272
6273@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6274
0816590b
AC
6275@table @file
6276
6277@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6278
6279Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6280releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6281
0816590b 6282Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6283
474c8240 6284@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6285$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6286...
6287c-x 4 a
6288...
6289c-x c-s c-x c-c
6290$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6291$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6292@end smallexample
8973da3a 6293
0816590b
AC
6294@item gdb/README
6295
6296You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6297
0816590b
AC
6298@itemize @bullet
6299@item
b247355e 6300The version.
0816590b 6301@item
b247355e 6302The update date.
0816590b 6303@item
b247355e 6304Who did it.
0816590b 6305@end itemize
8973da3a 6306
474c8240 6307@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6308$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6309...
8973da3a 6310c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6311...
8973da3a 6312c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6313$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6314$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6315@end smallexample
8973da3a 6316
0816590b
AC
6317@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6318before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6319to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6320
8642bc8f
AC
6321@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6322@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6323pursuing.}
8973da3a 6324
0816590b 6325@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6326
474c8240 6327@smallexample
8642bc8f 6328$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6329$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
63305.2
8642bc8f 6331$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6332...
6333c-x 4 a
0816590b 6334... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6335c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6336$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6337$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6338@end smallexample
8973da3a 6339
0816590b
AC
6340@end table
6341
6342@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6343
6344This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6345
4ce8657e
MC
6346@smallexample
6347$ for m in gdb insight
6348do
6349( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6350done
4ce8657e
MC
6351@end smallexample
6352
6353If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6354(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6355
474c8240 6356@smallexample
0816590b 6357$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6358do
0816590b 6359( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6360done
474c8240 6361@end smallexample
8973da3a 6362
0816590b 6363@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6364
0816590b 6365You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6366@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6367for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6368
474c8240 6369@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6370$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6371M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6372? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6373? proto-toplev
0816590b 6374@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6375M gdb/ChangeLog
6376M gdb/NEWS
6377M gdb/README
6378M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6379@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6380$
474c8240 6381@end smallexample
8973da3a 6382
0816590b 6383@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6384@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6385@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6386was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6387didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6388
0816590b 6389@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6390
474c8240 6391@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6392$ cp */src/*.tar .
6393$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6394$ ls -F
b247355e 6395gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6396$ for m in gdb insight
6397do
6398bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6399gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6400done
6401$
474c8240 6402@end smallexample
8973da3a 6403
0816590b
AC
6404@noindent
6405Note:
6406
6407@itemize @bullet
6408@item
6409A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6410in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6411can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6412process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6413@end itemize
6414
6415@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6416
0816590b 6417Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6418
0816590b
AC
6419@smallexample
6420$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6421$ cd gdb-5.2
6422$ ./configure
6423$ make
6424@dots{}
6425$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6426GNU gdb 5.2
6427@dots{}
6428(gdb) b main
6429Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6430(gdb) run
6431Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6432
6433Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6434734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6435(gdb) print args
6436$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6437(gdb)
6438@end smallexample
8973da3a 6439
0816590b 6440@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6441
0816590b 6442If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6443
0816590b
AC
6444@enumerate
6445@item
6446Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6447@item
6448Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6449@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6450process can restart.
6451@item
6452Make the release candidate available in
6453@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6454@item
6455Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6456@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6457@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6458
0816590b 6459@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6460
0816590b 6461(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6462
0816590b 6463@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6464
0816590b 6465Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6466
474c8240 6467@smallexample
0816590b 6468$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6469$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6470@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6471
0816590b
AC
6472@noindent
6473Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6474are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6475
6476@smallexample
6477$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6478$ rm @dots{}
6479@end smallexample
6480
6481@noindent
6482Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6483directory:
6484
6485@smallexample
6486$ vi README
6487@dots{}
6488$ rm -f .message
6489$ ln README .message
6490@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6491
0816590b 6492@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6493
0816590b
AC
6494@table @file
6495
6496@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6497This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6498@itemize @bullet
6499@item
b247355e 6500General announcement.
8642bc8f 6501@item
0816590b
AC
6502News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6503earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6504@item
b247355e 6505Errata.
0816590b
AC
6506@end itemize
6507
6508@item htdocs/index.html
6509@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6510@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6511These files include:
6512@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6513@item
b247355e 6514Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6515@item
b247355e 6516News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6517@end itemize
0816590b 6518These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6519
0816590b 6520@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6521You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6522docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6523from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6524Something like:
6525
474c8240 6526@smallexample
8642bc8f 6527$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6528 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6529 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6530 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6531 gdb
474c8240 6532@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6533
0816590b
AC
6534@item download/ari/
6535Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6536
0816590b
AC
6537@smallexample
6538$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6539 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6540 $PWD/www \
6541 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6542 gdb
6543@end smallexample
6544
6545@end table
6546
6547@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6548
6549Something goes here.
6550
6551
6552@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6553
6554At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6555@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6556
6557@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6558
6559Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6560
6561@itemize @bullet
6562@item
6563@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6564@item
0816590b
AC
6565@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6566day or so to let things get out)
6567@item
6568@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6569@end itemize
6570
0816590b 6571@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6572
0816590b 6573The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6574
0816590b 6575@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6576
0816590b 6577In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6578
6579@itemize @bullet
6580@item
6581@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6582@item
6583@file{gdb/version.in}
6584@item
6585@file{gdb/NEWS}
6586@item
6587@file{gdb/README}
6588@end itemize
6589
0816590b 6590@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6591
6592Something like:
6593
474c8240 6594@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6595$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6596$ echo $d
65972002-01-24
6598$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6599$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6600@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6601
0816590b 6602Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6603@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6604
6605@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6606
0816590b
AC
6607Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6608indicates when the release was made.
6609
6610@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6611
6612If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6613@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6614committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6615@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6616is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6617
6618Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6619
0816590b 6620@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6621
8642bc8f
AC
6622The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6623trunk.
8973da3a 6624
0816590b
AC
6625@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6626
6627Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6628Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6629generated by running:
6630
6631@smallexample
6632$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6633@end smallexample
6634
6635@noindent
6636The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6637of the most recent release.
6638
6639Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6640
8642bc8f 6641@section Post release
8973da3a 6642
8642bc8f 6643Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6644
085dd6e6
JM
6645@node Testsuite
6646
6647@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6648@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6649
56caf160
EZ
6650The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6651While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6652this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6653the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6654to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6655
b247355e
NR
6656The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6657tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6658runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6659
6660@section Using the Testsuite
6661
56caf160 6662@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6663To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6664testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6665environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6666the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6667and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6668finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6669
474c8240 6670@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6671 === gdb Summary ===
6672
6673# of expected passes 6016
6674# of unexpected failures 58
6675# of unexpected successes 5
6676# of expected failures 183
6677# of unresolved testcases 3
6678# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6679@end smallexample
56caf160 6680
a9f158ec
JB
6681To run a specific test script, type:
6682@example
6683make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6684@end example
6685where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6686spaces.
6687
085dd6e6
JM
6688The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6689conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6690real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6691failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6692hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6693everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6694being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6695lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6696Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6697reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6698catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6699program.
6700
6701When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6702testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6703regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6704run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6705compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6706testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6707options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6708host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6709mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6710
6711If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6712tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6713and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6714Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6715failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6716difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6717in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6718tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6719
e7dc800a
MC
6720DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6721some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6722the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6723will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6724
6725@smallexample
6726UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6727@end smallexample
6728
085dd6e6
JM
6729@section Testsuite Organization
6730
56caf160 6731@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6732The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6733testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6734and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6735handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6736@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6737all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6738configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6739definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6740
6741The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6742subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6743with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6744in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6745get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6746
6747The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6748are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6749located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6750execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6751intelligibility.
6752
56caf160 6753@table @file
085dd6e6 6754@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6755This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6756configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6757The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6758ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6759for prototypes).
6760
6761@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6762Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6763@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6764
6765@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6766Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6767(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6768HP-UX.
6769
6770@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6771Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
67721999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6773couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6774imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6775extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6776
6777@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6778Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6779instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6780@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6781@end table
6782
6783@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6784@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6785
25822942 6786In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6787should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6788
6789You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6790includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6791However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6792instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6793calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6794
6795Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6796necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6797
6798The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6799style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6800styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6801instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6802never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6803uniformly.
6804
c906108c
SS
6805@node Hints
6806
6807@chapter Hints
6808
6809Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6810appear anywhere else in the directory.
6811
6812@menu
25822942 6813* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6814* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6815@end menu
6816
6817@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6818
6819@section Getting Started
6820
25822942 6821@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6822work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6823know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6824
25822942
DB
6825This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6826generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6827
6828Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6829comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6830function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6831explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6832free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6833out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6834actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6835
6836Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6837native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6838repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6839macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6840default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6841also documents all the available macros.
6842@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6843@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6844@c Conditionals})
6845
56caf160
EZ
6846Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6847@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6848@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6849code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6850
6851You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6852enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6853language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6854the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6855and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6856are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6857approach.
6858
25822942 6859Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6860specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6861function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6862will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6863calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6864(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6865called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6866functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6867one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6868structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6869the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6870look like.
6871
6872Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6873code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6874principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6875else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6876rather than worrying about all its details.
6877
56caf160
EZ
6878@cindex command implementation
6879A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6880a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6881single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6882@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6883via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6884which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6885the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6886@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6887command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6888display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6889not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6890tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6891breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6892
6893@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6894If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6895on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6896wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6897@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6898Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6899
33e16fad 6900@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6901
25822942 6902@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6903@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6904
25822942 6905If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6906fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6907Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6908debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6909./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6910@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6911
25822942 6912When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6913@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6914gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6915in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6916gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6917
6918If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6919you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6920routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6921@kbd{M-.}
6922
25822942 6923Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6924have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6925
6926@section Submitting Patches
6927
56caf160 6928@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6929Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6930@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6931Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6932changes.
6933
25822942
DB
6934The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6935This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6936
6937If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6938or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6939with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6940
56caf160 6941@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6942The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6943copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6944of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6945standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6946and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6947owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6948changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6949etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6950contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6951bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6952this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6953since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6954
6955Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6956feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6957Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6958header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6959each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6960needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6961@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6962single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6963
6964In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6965sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6966If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6967out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6968
9e0b60a8
JM
6969The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6970install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6971or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6972will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6973The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6974the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6975being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6976tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6977the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6978acceptable.
6979
6980If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6981of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6982installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6983reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6984complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6985they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6986permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6987be for quite some time.
c906108c 6988
56caf160 6989Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6990@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6991
6992@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6993@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6994
25822942 6995Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6996configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6997should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6998
6999@table @code
c906108c
SS
7000@item STACK_END_ADDR
7001This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7002in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7003core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7004gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7005files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7006and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7007
7008Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7009is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7010
c906108c
SS
7011@end table
7012
bcd7e15f 7013@include observer.texi
2154891a 7014@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7015@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7016@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7017
56caf160
EZ
7018@node Index
7019@unnumbered Index
7020
7021@printindex cp
7022
c906108c 7023@bye
This page took 0.984634 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.